[gnome-user-docs] [l10n] Added id to Makefile.am [l10n] Added Indonesian translation

[Andika Triwidada <atriwidada src gnome org>]

commit 01ea319210413ddfefe119a979fc9c86d49d8d12
Author: Andika Triwidada <andika gmail com>
Date:   Thu Apr 5 12:25:37 2012 +0700

    [l10n] Added id to Makefile.am
    [l10n] Added Indonesian translation

 gnome-help/Makefile.am |    2 +-
 gnome-help/id/id.po    |12757 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 2 files changed, 12758 insertions(+), 1 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/Makefile.am b/gnome-help/Makefile.am
index 70ad379..cbfb879 100644
--- a/gnome-help/Makefile.am
+++ b/gnome-help/Makefile.am
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = C/gnome-help.its
 
 HELP_ID = gnome-help
 
-HELP_LINGUAS = ca de el fi fr es gl hi hu it ja lv nl pa pt_BR ru sl sr sr latin sv te vi
+HELP_LINGUAS = ca de el fi fr es gl hi hu id it ja lv nl pa pt_BR ru sl sr sr latin sv te vi
 
 HELP_MEDIA = \
 	figures/color-average.png \
diff --git a/gnome-help/id/id.po b/gnome-help/id/id.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80a0b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnome-help/id/id.po
@@ -0,0 +1,12757 @@
+# Indonesian translation for gnome-user-docs.
+# Copyright (C) 2011 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+# Andika Triwidada <andika gmail com>, 2011, 2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-04 16:33+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 12:22+0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Andika Triwidada <andika gmail com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian <gnome i15n org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Indonesian\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: Indonesia\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr "Andika Triwidada <andika gmail com>, 2011, 2012"
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/index.page:10(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+msgstr "."
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/index.page:15(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+msgstr "."
+
+#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+msgstr "Panduan bagi pengguna desktop GNOME 3"
+
+#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Desktop Help"
+msgstr "Bantuan Desktop"
+
+#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
+msgctxt "text"
+msgid "Desktop Help"
+msgstr "Bantuan Desktop"
+
+#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</media>"
+msgstr "."
+
+#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
+msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> Desktop Help"
+msgstr "."
+
+#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+
+#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Karya ini dilisensikan di bawah <_:link-1/>."
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/clock.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:24(credit/name)
+#: C/display-lock.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-lost.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-open.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/files-search.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-exit.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/user-add.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:18(credit/name)
+msgid "Shaun McCance"
+msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-sort.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(credit/name)
+msgid "Phil Bull"
+msgstr "Phil Bull"
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+msgstr "Abaikan penekanan tombol yang sama yang diulang dengan cepat."
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+msgstr "Nyalakan tombol pantul"
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys."
+msgstr "Nyalakan <em>tombol pantul</em> untuk mengabaikan penekanan tombol yang diulang secara cepat. Sebagai contoh, bila Anda mengalami tremor yang menyebabkan Anda menekan suatu tombol secara berulang ketika Anda hanya ingin menekannya sekali, Anda sebaiknya menyalakan tombol pantul."
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:23(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/display-lock.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/look-background.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p)
+#: C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p)
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p)
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
+#: C/user-add.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/windows-key.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik nama Anda pada bilah puncak dan pilih <gui>Pengaturan Sistem</gui>."
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Buka <gui>Akses Universal</gui> dan pilih tab <gui>Pengetikan</gui>."
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+msgstr "Nyalakan <gui>Tombol Pantul</gui>."
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+msgstr "Nyalakan dan matikan tombol pantul secara cepat"
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+msgstr "Baca layar dalam Braille"
+
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+msgstr "Atur kontras"
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:29(note/p)
+msgid "You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50(page/p)
+msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57(page/p)
+msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough for you. It will adjust immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "You can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:23(figure/desc)
+msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+msgstr "Perbesar wilayah layar"
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:23(page/title)
+#: C/keyboard.page:35(links/title)
+msgid "Universal access"
+msgstr "Akses universal"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:31(section/title)
+msgid "Visual impairments"
+msgstr "Masalah visual"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:34(links/title)
+msgid "Blindness"
+msgstr "Buta"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
+msgid "Low vision"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
+msgid "Color-blindness"
+msgstr "Buta warna"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
+#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
+#: C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
+msgid "Other topics"
+msgstr "Topik lainnya"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:48(section/title)
+msgid "Hearing impairments"
+msgstr "Masalah pendengaran"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Mobility impairments"
+msgstr "Masalah mobilitas"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:56(links/title)
+msgid "Mouse movement"
+msgstr "Pergerakan tetikus"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
+msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+msgstr "Mengklik dan menyeret"
+
+#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
+msgid "Keyboard use"
+msgstr "Penggunaan papan tik"
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13(credit/years)
+#: C/accounts-password.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:10(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-location.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-online.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-sort.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-tracer.page:10(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13(credit/years)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(credit/years)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/years)
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:16(credit/years)
+msgid "2012"
+msgstr "2012"
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:21(info/desc)
+msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:53(page/p)
+msgid "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57(note/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Read screen aloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:43(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55(page/p)
+msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:56(page/p)
+msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59(page/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-check.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-how.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-restore.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-what.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-where.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/fallback-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-recover.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/files-search.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-overview.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/user-add.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/video-sending.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/windows-key.page:10(credit/name)
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "Projek Dokumentasi GNOME"
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "About this guide"
+msgstr "Tentang panduan ini"
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as possible:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
+msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
+msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+msgstr "-- Tim dokumentasi GNOME"
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Connect an online account"
+msgstr "Sambungkan akun daring"
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/files-sort.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
+msgid "Jim Campbell"
+msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Add an account"
+msgstr "Tambahkan akun"
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:23(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Plus</gui> symbol in the lower-left portion of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Select your account type from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add...</gui>"
+msgstr "Klik <gui>Tambah...</gui>"
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a <em> Google</em> account, enter your <em>Google</em> username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, [See this help topic]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-off.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-location.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-online.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-sort.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-tracer.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
+msgid "Julita Inca"
+msgstr "Julita Inca"
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Create a new account using Online Accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Create an online account"
+msgstr "Buat akun daring"
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your online accounts from one application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>+</gui>"
+msgstr "Klik <gui>+</gui>"
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu, some account types may <link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:42(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click <gui>Addâ</gui> to continue"
+msgstr "Klik pada tombol perintah"
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which appears"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:48(note/p)
+msgid "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at this stage; if the service which you wish to register with does not provide the option to register an account at this point, you will need to use an alternative method to create an account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Fill in the registration form: you will normally be asked for some personal details such as a username and password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "You will be asked whether to grant GNOME access to your new account: allow GNOME to access your account to use it with <app>Online Accounts</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default, switch off individual services to disable them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
+msgid "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account that you use for chat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> settings from the Activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-how.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-what.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:23(credit/name)
+msgid "Michael Hill"
+msgstr "Michael Hill"
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the password of one of the online services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "How can I change the password for an account?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "To change the password for one of the online accounts or services, you will need to log in to the account using the web browser. For other service types, check their respective web pages for instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:32(section/title)
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23(item/p)
+msgid "Google"
+msgstr "Google"
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:34(section/p)
+msgid "To change the password of your Google account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Log in to your Google account using the web browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click the pull-down menu at the top right (it may display your picture) and click on <gui>Account settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Security</gui> section, click <gui>Change password</gui>, and follow the instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:47(section/title)
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Windows Live"
+msgstr "Windows Live"
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "To change the password of your Windows Live account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Log in to your Windows Live account using the web browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-password.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Account security</gui> section, click <gui>Change</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>, and follow the instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
+msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "The onservice providers are not listed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "To have support of your favorite some has to develop it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Support for Twitter, Facebook and Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers of the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";> bug tracker</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "Lists applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they can exploit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Which applications take advantage of online-accounts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to automatically configure themself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:26(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "With a Google account"
+msgstr "Account pengguna baru"
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Evolution</app>, the mail application, your mail account will be automatically added, so it'll pick your mail, you'll have access to your contact and the calendar will present you the item in your Google agenda."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you'll be able to communicate with your friends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:44(section/title)
+msgid "With a Windows Live account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:46(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Empathy</app> can use the account to connect you online and chat with your Windonws Live contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
+msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Answers the question whether or not you should add your email or social media accounts to your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you chose to add are ready for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google Mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts.page:17(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Online accounts"
+msgstr "Akun pengguna"
+
+#: C/accounts.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google Mail and Facebook) into the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those applications without having to enter your account details again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:16(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Check your backup"
+msgstr "Periksa Cadangan Evolution"
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>DÃjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-how.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-restore.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-what.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-where.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-search.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-copy.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19(credit/name)
+msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Frequency of backups"
+msgstr "Pengubah frekwensi"
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Use DÃjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "How to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>DÃjà Dup</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restore a backup"
+msgstr "Mengembalikan cadangan"
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>DÃjà Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and Videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Hidden files"
+msgstr "Berkas tersembunyi"
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "System-wide settings"
+msgstr "Menu Pengaturan Sistem"
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "What to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:34(item/title)
+msgid "Your personal files"
+msgstr "Berkas pribadi Anda"
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:41(item/title)
+msgid "Your personal settings"
+msgstr "Pengaturan pribadi Anda"
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:50(item/title)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:62(item/title)
+msgid "System settings"
+msgstr "Pengaturan sistem"
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:58(item/title)
+msgid "Installed software"
+msgstr "Perangkat lunak terpasang"
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:64(page/p)
+msgid "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "c"
+msgstr "c"
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Where to store your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:35(list/title)
+msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\";>Ubuntu One</link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Back up your important files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgstr "Bluetooth"
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your computer to your cell phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+msgstr "Masalah-masalah Bluetooth"
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title)
+#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
+#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
+msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:34(note/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(note/p)
+msgid "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin searching for devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:73(page/p)
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(item/title)
+msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33(item/title)
+msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:41(item/title)
+msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(item/title)
+msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:51(item/title)
+msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:40(steps/title)
+msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(steps/title)
+msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media/p)
+msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-testing.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:9(credit/name)
+msgid "Richard Hughes"
+msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+
+#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Color management"
+msgstr "Manajemen warna"
+
+#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
+msgid "Color profiles"
+msgstr "Profil warna"
+
+#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
+msgid "Calibration"
+msgstr "Kalibrasi"
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(media)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:101(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Calendar appointments"
+msgstr "Janji yang Aktif"
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(note/p)
+msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(note/p)
+msgid "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To view your appointments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the <gui>Calendar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in <app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:46(media/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:102(media/p)
+msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> to alter the date/time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Change the date and time"
+msgstr "Ubah tanggal dan waktu"
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin password</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the year, day, hour and minute. You can choose the month from a drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network Time</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by switching the 24-hour format on or off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Change your timezone"
+msgstr "Ubah zona waktu Anda"
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:20(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the clock located in the middle of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:21(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Date &amp; time"
+msgstr "Tanggal &amp; waktu"
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(media)
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or import a new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:37(figure/desc)
+msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate...</gui> button will create a new profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:29(note/p)
+msgid "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click <gui>Calibrate...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:29(note/p)
+msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
+msgid "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spektrometer)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spektrometer)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2, atau  LT (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design atau Photo (spektrometer)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 dan 3 (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "ColorimÃtre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "ColorimÃtre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+msgstr "Color Checker SG"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+msgstr "Laser Soft DC Pro"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "QPcard 201"
+msgstr "QPcard 201"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "IT8.7/2"
+msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\";>Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a profile for a device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old an inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning notifications will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:41(page/screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
+msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:51(page/p)
+msgid "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:57(page/p)
+msgid "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:15(page/title)
+msgid "What is a color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "What is a color space?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:35(note/p)
+msgid "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:46(figure/desc)
+msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:50(page/p)
+msgid "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:64(page/p)
+msgid "PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:71(page/p)
+msgid "Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:77(page/p)
+msgid "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:84(page/p)
+msgid "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existance today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:90(page/p)
+msgid "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:23(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:15(page/title)
+msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Averaged profiles"
+msgstr "Mengimpor profil"
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:15(page/title)
+msgid "Why is color management important?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/p)
+msgid "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:28(figure/desc)
+msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:38(figure/desc)
+msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:48(figure/desc)
+msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:65(page/p)
+msgid "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:75(page/p)
+msgid "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look \"washed out\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:83(page/p)
+msgid "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:90(page/p)
+msgid "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Edit contact details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21(item/p)
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Click on <gui>Edit</gui> in the right pane. You can now edit the contact's nickname."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "You can also add, edit or delete the e-mail address, phone number, postal address or link information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Back to Contact</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit the different profiles by clicking on the profiles avatars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19(section/title)
+msgid "Link contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:21(section/p)
+msgid "Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from mulitple services into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to link by clicking on one of the entries you have for the person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click <gui>More</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik Oke untuk mengakhiri."
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Select the second entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:33(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
+msgstr "Klik Oke untuk mengakhiri."
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "If you linked two contacts accidently and want to undo the action, follow the steps for unlinking contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Search for a contact"
+msgstr "Mencari kontak"
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, type the contacts name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "The icon of the contact will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr "Tekan <key>Enter</key>."
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "You can also type the name of the contact in the search box of the <app>Contacts</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
+msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check space and capacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
+msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, <gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-usage\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
+msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
+msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
+msgid "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
+msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
+msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
+msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
+msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Format a removable disk"
+msgstr "Format Diska Universal"
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click <gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
+msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
+msgid "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A âpartitionâ refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible âstorefrontsâ to the functional âback roomsâ of partitions and drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
+msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
+msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:34(page/title)
+msgid "Set screen brightness"
+msgstr "Menata kecerahan layar"
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:42(steps/title)
+msgid "Set the brightness"
+msgstr "Menata kecerahan"
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(item/p)
+#: C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
+msgstr "_Buka Preferensi Latar Belakang"
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(note/p)
+msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness automatically lowered when you are on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59(page/p)
+msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you have not used it for a while. This only affects the display, and does not turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Set up dual monitors."
+msgstr "Menata monitor ganda."
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:20(section/title)
+msgid "Video Demo"
+msgstr "Demo Video"
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(media/p)
+msgid "Demo"
+msgstr "Demo"
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(div/p)
+msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the <gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38(div/p)
+msgid "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:45(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98(item/p)
+msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:51(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100(note/p)
+msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the <gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:57(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108(item/p)
+msgid "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the top corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78(section/title)
+msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+msgstr "Menata monitor eksternal"
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</link> overview to open the <gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-lock.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-lock.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-lock.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Send by email documents grouped in a collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Send a document collection to someone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can share your documents or <link xref=\"documents-collections\">collections</link> by email, if you have previously <link xref=\"accounts-add\">added an online account</link>. To send documents to your family or friends from <app>Documents</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:32(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button located in the right side."
+msgstr "Klik pada tombol perintah"
+
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select the document(s) or collection(s) you want to share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collection-send.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Three arrows</gui> icon from the bottom menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Group relating documents in a collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Make collections of documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together different documents of different types, in only one place called <gui>Collection</gui>. If you have documents that are related, you may group them to find documents easier. For example, if you have a business trip and you did a presentation there, you can group documents like your flight itinerary (which is a PDF file), your spreadsheet of the budget and and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, in one collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "You may think that you can put collections inside collections, but the behavior of collections are not the same of the behavior of folders and their hierarchy. So,<em> you cannot put collections inside collections. </em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> is fullscreen-enabled, and you can search collections by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
+#: C/documents-search.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Typing the name of the collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Clicking on the magnifying glass icon, and select the filters related to the collection you are looking for. You can add a word to be more specific in the searching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Mark your favorite documents and collections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "See only your favorite documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "From all the documents or collections you have, you may use some of them frequently, or you may need to reach some others as quick as possible because you work with them regularly. You can identify these documents easily, if you mark them as favorites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "To display documents or collections marked as favorites:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:33(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> botton."
+msgstr "Klik pada tombol perintah"
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Select the document or documents you want to mark as favorites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:36(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Heart</gui> button from the bottom menu."
+msgstr "Klik pada tombol perintah"
+
+#: C/documents-favorite.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "To unmark favorite documents or collections, click on the document or collection and click the heart button from the bottom menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "See information like owner, type, size, location, number of pages, last accessed and last modified of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Find information about documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "When you create a document, metadata is also created. Metadata refers information about the document like owner, type, size, location, number of pages, last accessed and last modified of the document. These properties are typically stored, but further information is also added and can be searched. You can currently choose to have the search string apply to everything, or just match the title or the author. To configure it:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Search</gui> from the dropdown menu that is triggered by pressing the arrow right to the search entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "Documents itself does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You are typically able to do this from your content-creation application though (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "Some kind of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password-protected though, and you would not be able to access all metadata or content for those."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-location.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Find out which location a document is stored in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-location.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Find where a document is stored"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-location.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Maybe you forget the name of the folder where you have left your documents, but you may remember a word from the name or title, or something about the document you are looking for. <app>Documents</app> lets you locate your documents or collections by searching a word of the title of the document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-location.page:33(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button."
+msgstr "Klik pada tombol perintah"
+
+#: C/documents-location.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the top search menu and write the word to identify your document or collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-location.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select the document or collection and right click to see the <gui>Properties</gui> of the document or collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-online.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Full screen view for documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-online.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "View documents stored/ shared online"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-online.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all the documents you have in your computer with different <link xref=\"documents-list\">extensions</link> automatically appears as thumbnails. These <em>local documents</em> are presented as well as <em>online documents</em>. On line documents are uploaded from different sources or providers like <em>GoogleDocs</em>. This is possible if you have previously added an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-online.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To view documents stored/ shared locally or remote/GoogleDocs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-online.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <em>Check</em> button located in the right side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-online.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "Documents are ready for you to review, edit, <link xref=\"documents-print\">print</link> or <link xref=\"documents-collection-send\">share.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Organize all the documents you stored locally on your computer and all the documents you created online."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Documents"
+msgstr "Dokumen"
+
+#: C/documents.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> is an application of <em>GNOME</em> that lets you read, store and organize information about the documents you have created. Supported formats are PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and all the formats supported by Evince, Microsoft Office, Libreoffice files and Google Docs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "All the documents you have in your computer locally will be automatically presented when you open <app>Documents</app>, as well documents you have been worked remotely by using <em>Google Docs</em>. This is possible if you have configured an <link xref=\"accounts\">online account</link> before."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "You can manage documents using <app>file browser</app> as well as pictures, videos or music; but <app>Documents</app> can do more than <link xref=\"documents-print\">printing</link>, <link xref=\"documents-collection-send\">sharing</link>, <link xref=\"documents-search\">searching</link>, <link xref=\"documents-sort\">sorting</link>, <link xref=\"documents-favorite\">setting favorites</link>. With <app>Documents</app>, you can read your documents full screen, without the distracting of tools or menus other applications have. It also provides you reminders of the documents you have to read, <link xref=\"documents-collections\">make collections</link> and <link xref=\"documents-location\">identify</link> your documents so quickly through the previous thumbnail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:56(section/title)
+msgid "Views and Find"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:60(section/title)
+msgid "Sort and Search"
+msgstr "Mengurutkan dan Mencari"
+
+#: C/documents.page:64(section/title)
+msgid "Print and Send"
+msgstr "Mencetak dan Mengirim"
+
+#: C/documents.page:68(section/title)
+msgid "Collections"
+msgstr "Koleksi"
+
+#: C/documents.page:72(section/title)
+msgid "Questions"
+msgstr "Pertanyaan"
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "You can see the preview of files that are locally stored; but not the remotely ones, yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Why aren't there previews for some files?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Every time you open <app>Documents</app> you can see a preview thumbnail in most of the documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The documents that presented the preview thumbnail, are stored locally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "You can not be able to see the preview thumbnail of others (or they are presented in blank) because they are stored in a remote server like <gui>Google Docs</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to see the preview thumbnail of the documents that are stored in remote servers, you may download them and then it will generate a thumbnail because they are going to be stored locally in your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "The content of the document from <gui>Google Docs</gui> is going to be updated at the time you downloaded the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:38(note/p)
+msgid "If you want to read an edit it online as you were doing before, it is better to not download."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Print documents that are locally store; but no the remotely ones, yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:19(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Print a document"
+msgstr "_Pratilik Cetak"
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "This feature is not implemented at the moment, but is being developed to print documents that you are working on, locally or remotely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "If you are using <app>Documents</app> and you need to print a document or documents you probably need physically to read or write:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open the document or documents with the appropriate application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Print the document as you usually <link xref=\"printing\">print</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Find your documents by title, author or contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:18(page/title)
+#: C/files-search.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Search for files"
+msgstr "Cari berkas"
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> is fullscreen-enabled, so you can search documents by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Typing the name of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Clicking on the magnifying glass icon, and selecting the filters related to the document you are looking for. You can add a word to be more specific in the searching of your document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Selecting multiple documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You may select many documents or collections to send them by mail to friends or co-workers, to print them, or maybe to be delete them. To select documents or collections at the same time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Click the button that looks like a check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select the documents or collections you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-sort.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Shows documents sorted by date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-sort.page:18(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sort in a different order"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/documents-sort.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, the documents you have local and remote are stored in you computer, are also sorted since the most recently used to the least recently used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-tracer.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Either locally or remotely document does not appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-tracer.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "My documents can not be seen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-tracer.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Make sure Tracker is running in your session; the default configuration should be set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), ensure that the files your create for the demo are in one of these paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the format of what documents are presented."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:18(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+msgstr "Nama bagi-pakai terlalu panjang"
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the top bar and click on <app>Documents</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Click on <gui>Grid</gui> to get back the default format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/fallback-mode.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "What is fallback mode?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of GNOME."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:57(note/p)
+msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:63(section/title)
+msgid "Types of devices and media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:66(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio discs"
+msgstr "<b>CD Audio</b>"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:74(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Video discs"
+msgstr "<b>Video DVD</b>"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:82(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blank discs"
+msgstr "Kosongkan _Diska"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:88(item/title)
+msgid "Cameras and photos"
+msgstr "Kamera dan foto"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:98(item/title)
+msgid "Music players"
+msgstr "Pemutar musik"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:99(item/p)
+msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/title)
+msgid "E-book readers"
+msgstr "Pembaca e-book"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:104(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/title)
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr "Perangkat Lunak"
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:109(item/p)
+msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:114(note/p)
+msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:27(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Browse files and folders"
+msgstr "Berkas, Folder dan Tempat"
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</link>, and network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "To open the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:48(section/title)
+msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In <link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">list view</link>, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:57(section/p)
+msgid "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:68(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:74(section/p)
+msgid "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> <gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:81(section/p)
+msgid "If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-open.page:12(credit/name)
+msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:37(steps/title)
+msgid "Copy and paste files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:50(steps/title)
+msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:61(steps/title)
+msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:81(note/p)
+msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:26(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Delete files and folders"
+msgstr "Berkas, Folder dan Tempat"
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:35(steps/title)
+msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:48(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+msgstr "Tidak dapat menghapus berkas"
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:53(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+msgstr "Tidak dapat menghapus berkas"
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:68(note/p)
+msgid "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+msgstr "Menulis data ke CD atau DVD"
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
+msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
+msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hide a file"
+msgstr "Berkas terlampir."
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hiddden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show all hidden files"
+msgstr "Jangan tampilkan berkas tersembunyi"
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:36(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key> </keyseq> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:48(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unhide a file"
+msgstr "Berkas terlampir."
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View </gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:59(note/p)
+msgid "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:64(note/p)
+msgid "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:9(info/desc)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+msgstr "Ikuti petunjuk ini bila Anda tak dapat menemukan berkas yang Anda buat atau unduh."
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:24(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Find a lost file"
+msgstr "Cari berkas yang hilang"
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open files with other applications"
+msgstr "Buka %s dan berkas \"%s\" lainnya dengan:"
+
+#: C/files-open.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:42(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change the default application"
+msgstr "Aplikasi terminal baku"
+
+#: C/files-open.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/files-preview.page:30(media)
+#: C/files-preview.page:32(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Preview files and folders"
+msgstr "Berkas, Folder dan Tempat"
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press <key>f</key>. Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+msgstr "Mengembalikan cadangan"
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:24(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+msgstr "Mengembalikan cadangan"
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:25(item/p)
+#: C/files-search.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+msgstr "Melepaskan kandar yang dipilih secara aman"
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+msgstr "Format Diska Universal"
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+msgstr "Melepaskan kandar yang dipilih secara aman"
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(section/p)
+msgid "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:52(section/p)
+msgid "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(note/p)
+msgid "You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Change file or folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:25(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+msgstr "Mengubah nama berkas atau folder yang dipilih"
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change the name of a file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:30(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+msgstr "Mengubah nama berkas atau folder yang dipilih"
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click <guiseq><gui>Edit </gui><gui> Undo</gui> </guiseq> to restore the former name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:52(section/title)
+msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:68(section/title)
+#: C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr "Masalah umum"
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:71(item/title)
+msgid "The file name is already in use"
+msgstr "Nama berkas sudah dipakai"
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:81(item/title)
+msgid "The file name is too long"
+msgstr "Nama berkas terlalu panjang"
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/... </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:89(item/title)
+msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:90(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:9(info/desc)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+msgstr "Temukan berkas berdasarkan jenis dan nama berkas. Simpan pencarian Anda untuk dipakai lagi."
+
+#: C/files-search.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:29(links/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other search applications"
+msgstr "Tampilkan aplikasi lain"
+
+#: C/files-search.page:35(steps/title)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:87(td/p)
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Cari"
+
+#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl </key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to set more search criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search results by a starting parent location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that option and widen the search results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:63(page/p)
+msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:67(steps/title)
+msgid "Save a search"
+msgstr "Menyimpan pencarian"
+
+#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "Start a search as above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui> File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:77(page/p)
+msgid "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Select files by pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "For example:"
+msgstr "<b>Contoh:</b> NamaLayarSaya"
+
+#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+msgstr "Berkas terlampir."
+
+#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
+msgstr "Menyalin berkas secara mudah ke kontak dan perangkat Anda dari manajer berkas."
+
+#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Share and transfer files"
+msgstr "Berbagi dan menyalin berkas"
+
+#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/video-sending.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
+msgid "Destinations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server where you want to copy the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+msgstr "Atur berkas berdasarkan nama, ukuran, jenis, atau kapan mereka diubah."
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sort files and folders"
+msgstr "Urutkan berkas dan folder"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Icon view"
+msgstr "Tilikan ikon"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/p)
+msgid "To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/title)
+msgid "List view"
+msgstr "Tilikan daftar"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:48(section/p)
+msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Compact view"
+msgstr "Tilikan kompak"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:61(item/title)
+msgid "By Name"
+msgstr "Berdasarkan Nama"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:65(item/title)
+msgid "By Size"
+msgstr "Berdasarkan Ukuran"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:69(item/title)
+msgid "By Type"
+msgstr "Berdasarkan Jenis"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:73(item/title)
+msgid "By Modification Date"
+msgstr "Berdasarkan Tanggal Perubahan"
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
+msgid "Anita Reitere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:26(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Make a new template"
+msgstr "Templat Catatan Baru"
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:36(steps/title)
+msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">Create New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/files.page:30(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Berkas"
+
+#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+msgstr "Pencarian Berkas dan Folder"
+
+#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+msgstr "Tak bisa memulai Manajer Berkas Nautilus"
+
+#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
+msgid "Common tasks"
+msgstr "Tugas umum"
+
+#: C/files.page:39(links/title)
+#: C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
+msgid "More topics"
+msgstr "Lebih banyak topik"
+
+#: C/files.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Backing up"
+msgstr "Naik"
+
+#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Tips and questions"
+msgstr "Tip dan pertanyaan"
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
+msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
+msgid "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\";>bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
+msgid "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the <gui>New Account</gui> link to create one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
+msgid "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\";>bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\";>browse</link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
+msgid "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
+msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Contact us"
+msgstr "Hubungi kami"
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
+msgid "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Media card reader problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What is a driver?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Screen problems"
+msgstr "Masalah layar"
+
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "Perangkat keras"
+
+#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Hardware problems"
+msgstr "Masalah-masalah perangkat keras"
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "IRC"
+msgstr "IRC"
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</app>, or by using a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\";>mibbit</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"ghelp:empathy#irc-manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "While IRC being a real-time dicussion, people tends to not reply immediatly, so be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\";>GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Mailing list"
+msgstr "Milis"
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:52(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>. You can add at most four layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56(page/p)
+msgid "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the keyboard layout icon on the top bar. The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62(page/p)
+msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68(page/p)
+msgid "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the <gui>â</gui> and <gui>â</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(page/p)
+msgid "You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group <gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(note/title)
+msgid "Custom options"
+msgstr "Opsi gubahan"
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93(note/p)
+msgid "You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:102(section/title)
+msgid "Change the system keyboard"
+msgstr "Mengubah papan tik sistem"
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:104(section/p)
+msgid "When you change your keyboard layout, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system layouts</em>, the keyboard layouts used in places like the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109(item/p)
+msgid "Change your keyboard layout, as described above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:110(item/p)
+#: C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111(item/p)
+#: C/session-formats.page:59(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Copy Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112(item/p)
+#: C/session-formats.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:117(section/p)
+msgid "The layouts are shown next to the <gui>Input source</gui> label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119(section/p)
+msgid "If you use multiple layouts, the login screen will present the keyboard layout menu on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24(info/desc)
+msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr "Navigasi papan tik"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50(note/p)
+msgid "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(table/title)
+msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60(td/p)
+msgid "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a text area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:64(td/p)
+msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
+msgid "Arrow keys"
+msgstr "Tombol panah"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70(td/p)
+msgid "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73(td/p)
+msgid "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79(td/p)
+msgid "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84(td/p)
+msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Spasi</key>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89(td/p)
+msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:92(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93(td/p)
+msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
+msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:104(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105(td/p)
+msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:108(td/p)
+msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109(td/p)
+msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114(td/p)
+msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
+msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
+msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+msgstr "ikon desktop"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
+msgid "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
+msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166(table/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Navigate windows"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:168(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:169(td/p)
+msgid "Close the current window."
+msgstr "Menutup jendela ini."
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:172(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
+msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:180(td/p)
+msgid "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186(td/p)
+msgid "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:194(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:196(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window, or restore a maximized window to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:200(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:201(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">windows</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:210(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:211(td/p)
+msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+msgstr "Memakai papan tik pada layar"
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a keyboard (next to the <gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the screen and click the keyboard tray item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Menata pintasan papan tik"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings </gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:43(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Klik tab <gui>Pintasan</gui>."
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on the right."
+msgstr "Pilih <gui>Sistem</gui> di sisi kiri jendela, dan <gui>Tampilkan ringkasan aktivitas</gui> di kanan."
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50(item/p)
+#: C/windows-key.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+msgstr "Klik definisi pintasan kini di kanan jauh."
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
+msgstr "Tekan dan tahan kombinasi tombol yang diinginkan."
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+msgstr "Bolehkan cara pintas _keyboard"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64(table/title)
+msgid "Launchers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(td/p)
+msgid "Launch help browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Dimatikan"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70(td/p)
+msgid "Launch calculator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71(td/p)
+msgid "Calculator"
+msgstr "Kalkulator"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74(td/p)
+msgid "Launch email client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75(td/p)
+msgid "Mail"
+msgstr "Surel"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78(td/p)
+msgid "Launch web browser"
+msgstr "Meluncurkan peramban web"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79(td/p)
+msgid "WWW"
+msgstr "WWW"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82(td/p)
+msgid "Home folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:83(td/p)
+msgid "Explorer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92(table/title)
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr "Navigasi"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch applications"
+msgstr "A_plikasi baru-baru ini:"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:127(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:41(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+msgstr "A_plikasi baru-baru ini:"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
+msgid "Switch system controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch windows directly"
+msgstr "Berpindah antara jendela-jendela seketika"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
+msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
+msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
+msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move to workspace left"
+msgstr "Pengalih Area Kerja"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move to workspace right"
+msgstr "Pengalih Area Kerja"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move to workspace above"
+msgstr "Pengalih Area Kerja"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move to workspace below"
+msgstr "Pengalih Area Kerja"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188(table/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Screenshots"
+msgstr "Ambil gambar layar"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Take a screenshot"
+msgstr "Ambil gambar layar"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+msgstr "_Pratilik Cetak"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:194(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+msgstr "Ambil gambar layar"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+msgstr "Ambil gambar layar"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
+msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216(table/title)
+msgid "Sound and Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Volume mute"
+msgstr "Volume"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
+msgid "Audio mute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Volume down"
+msgstr "Volume"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
+msgid "Audio lower volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:226(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Volume up"
+msgstr "Volume"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227(td/p)
+msgid "Audio raise volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:230(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Launch media player"
+msgstr "<b>Pemutar Musik Portabel</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio media"
+msgstr "<b>CD Audio</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:234(td/p)
+msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio play"
+msgstr "<b>Pemutar Musik Portabel</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238(td/p)
+msgid "Pause playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio pause"
+msgstr "<b>CD Audio</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242(td/p)
+msgid "Stop playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio stop"
+msgstr "<b>CD Audio</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:246(td/p)
+msgid "Previous track"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio previous"
+msgstr "<b>CD Audio</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250(td/p)
+msgid "Next track"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
+msgid "Audio next"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:254(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
+msgid "Eject"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(table/title)
+msgid "System"
+msgstr "Sistem"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262(td/p)
+msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show the activities overview"
+msgstr "Ikhtisar Platform"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:270(td/p)
+msgid "Log out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Lock screen"
+msgstr "Kunci layar"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(table/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Universal Access"
+msgstr "Akses universal"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282(td/p)
+msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286(td/p)
+msgid "Zoom in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:290(td/p)
+msgid "Zoom out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294(td/p)
+msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:298(td/p)
+msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:302(td/p)
+msgid "Increase text size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:306(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Decrease text size"
+msgstr "<b>Berkas Teks yang Dapat Dieksekusi</b>"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:310(td/p)
+msgid "High contrast on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(table/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Jaringan berbagi Windows"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319(td/p)
+msgid "View split on left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Left</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows key)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323(td/p)
+msgid "View split on right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Right</key></keyseq> (Super is the Windows key)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327(td/p)
+msgid "Activate the window menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Maximize window"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restore window"
+msgstr "Paskan ke jendela"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Disabled</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Close window"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Minimize window"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move window"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resize window"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
+msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
+msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
+msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+msgstr "Pilihan penerimaan"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398(section/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr "Bolehkan cara pintas _keyboard"
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(item/p)
+msgid "Write a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:415(item/p)
+msgid "Double click where it says <gui>Disabled</gui> on the far right, and then hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:419(section/p)
+msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Papan tik"
+
+#: C/keyboard.page:31(links/title)
+#: C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Language &amp; region"
+msgstr "Bahasa &amp; wilayah"
+
+#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
+msgid "April Gonzales"
+msgstr "April Gonzales"
+
+#: C/look-background.page:32(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change the desktop background"
+msgstr "Ubah Latar _Belakang Desktop"
+
+#: C/look-background.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:39(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+msgstr "_Buka Preferensi Latar Belakang"
+
+#: C/look-background.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Colors &amp; Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look better."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(section/p)
+msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the <em>rotation</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:48(section/title)
+msgid "Resolution"
+msgstr "Resolusi"
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:60(section/title)
+msgid "Rotation"
+msgstr "Rotasi"
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/p)
+msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+msgstr "Penyuntingan Suara $amp; Video"
+
+#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Suara"
+
+#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Suara"
+
+#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:topic"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Suara"
+
+#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Basic sound"
+msgstr "Suara tombol"
+
+#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Music and players"
+msgstr "<b>Pemutar Musik Portabel</b>"
+
+#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr "Foto"
+
+#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
+msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Videos"
+msgstr "Video"
+
+#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
+msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Get more help"
+msgstr "Buka bantuan GNOME"
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+msgstr "Matikan touchpad ketika mengetik"
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer has a touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will give it an ear-to-ear grin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48(note/p)
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:37(note/p)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the titlebar to test the current value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Middle-click"
+msgstr "Moda Klik"
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:74(page/p)
+msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give keyboard focus to the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:51(page/p)
+msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:59(page/p)
+msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(page/p)
+msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:81(note/p)
+msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
+msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
+msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
+msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
+msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
+msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
+msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
+msgid "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
+msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
+msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
+msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
+msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
+msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Pointer Speed</gui>, adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:51(page/p)
+msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or using two fingers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71(note/p)
+msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Mouse"
+msgstr "Tetikus"
+
+#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Common mouse problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr "Nama Umum:"
+
+#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Mouse tips"
+msgstr "Tips startup"
+
+#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Tip"
+
+#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Tips"
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\";>Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
+msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
+msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:30(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr "Tingkah laku"
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its own window by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Executable text files"
+msgstr "<b>Berkas Teks yang Dapat Dieksekusi</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, <gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Trash"
+msgstr "Sampah"
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Include a delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the <gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(note/p)
+msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+msgstr "Ubah Folder Pencarian"
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+msgstr "T_ambah Penanda..."
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(item/p)
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+msgstr "T_ambah Penanda..."
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+msgstr "T_ambah Penanda..."
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connect to a file server"
+msgstr "Terhubung Ke Server Ini"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to Server</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. <sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP address</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Different types of servers"
+msgstr "Jenis server:"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user name and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(terms/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Types of servers"
+msgstr "Jenis server:"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:72(item/title)
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr "SSH"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "FTP (with login)"
+msgstr "FTP (dengan log masuk)"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/p)
+msgid "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Public FTP"
+msgstr "FTP Publik"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/p)
+msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and password, or with a public user name using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:107(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Windows share"
+msgstr "Jaringan berbagi Windows"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/p)
+msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+msgstr "WebDAV Aman (HTTPS)"
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/p)
+msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "File manager display preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:29(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Icon captions"
+msgstr "<b>Kapsi Ikon</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media/p)
+msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:34(section/p)
+msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
+msgid "As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Date format"
+msgstr "Format Tanggal:"
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/p)
+msgid "Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and <em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by showing the current date and time in that format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "File properties"
+msgstr "Properti File"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:45(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Basic properties"
+msgstr "Properti breakpoint"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:48(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(title/gui)
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Nama"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(title/gui)
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipe"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:65(item/title)
+msgid "Contents"
+msgstr "Isi"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:70(item/title)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(title/gui)
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr "Ukuran"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(title/gui)
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr "Lokasi"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/title)
+msgid "Volume"
+msgstr "Volume"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Free Space"
+msgstr "Tempat Tersedia"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100(item/title)
+msgid "Accessed"
+msgstr "Diakses"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105(item/title)
+msgid "Modified"
+msgstr "Diubah"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/p)
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Set file permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you can set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(section/title)
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Berkas"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(section/p)
+msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(section/title)
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(title/gui)
+msgid "Folders"
+msgstr "Folder"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(title/gui)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:54(item/title)
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Tak ada"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "List files only"
+msgstr "Hanya melihat daftar berkas"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Access files"
+msgstr "Mengakses berkas"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create and delete files"
+msgstr "Membuat dan hapus berkas"
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(section/p)
+msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the <gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a horizontal line across it)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
+msgid "If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:24(note/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Date Modified"
+msgstr "Tanggal Diubah"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Date Accessed"
+msgstr "Tanggal Diakses"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(title/gui)
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr "Grup"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+msgstr "Path ke berkas adzan."
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(title/gui)
+msgid "MIME Type"
+msgstr "Jenis MIME"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr "Izin"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "r : Read permission."
+msgstr "ijin ditolak"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "w : Write permission."
+msgstr "ijin ditolak"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "x : Execute permission."
+msgstr "ijin ditolak"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "- : No permission."
+msgstr "ijin ditolak"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Octal Permissions"
+msgstr "Hak Akses Oktal"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(item/p)
+msgid "Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents user class, group class and other users respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(item/p)
+msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
+msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(title/gui)
+msgid "Owner"
+msgstr "Pemilik"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(item/p)
+msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(title/gui)
+msgid "SELinux Context"
+msgstr "Konteks SELinux"
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(item/p)
+msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "File manager preferences"
+msgstr "Preferensi Manajer Telepon"
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(title/gui)
+msgid "Text Files"
+msgstr "Berkas Teks"
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other Previewable Files"
+msgstr "<b>Berkas Lain yang Dapat Dipratinjau</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files below a certain file size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "File manager views preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:33(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Default view"
+msgstr "<b>Baku untuk Tampilan</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "View new folders using"
+msgstr "Tampila_n folder:"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you can use these views by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arrange items"
+msgstr "_Susun objek:"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change the default order used in new folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sort folders before files"
+msgstr "Urut _folder sebelum berkas"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files according to the sort order, deselect this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+msgstr "Tampilkan berkas dan folder yang tersembunyi"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Icon view defaults"
+msgstr "<b>Baku untuk Tampilan Ikon</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:102(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Default zoom level"
+msgstr "_Tingkat perbesaran:"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Text beside icons"
+msgstr "Teks di samping ikon"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you to see more information at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:98(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Compact view defaults"
+msgstr "<b>Baku untuk Tampilan Kompak</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(item/p)
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "All columns have the same width"
+msgstr "Semua kolom mempunyai lebar yang sama"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(item/p)
+msgid "By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:121(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "List view defaults"
+msgstr "<b>Baku untuk Tampilan Tabel</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(item/p)
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tree view defaults"
+msgstr "<b>Baku untuk Tampilan Pohon</b>"
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/p)
+msgid "You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online; a number of applications are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+msgstr "Tim Dokumentasi GNOME"
+
+#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Web Browsers"
+msgstr "Situs Web"
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "Projek Dokumentasi GNOME"
+
+#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Find your IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:28(steps/title)
+msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:35(steps/title)
+msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr "Porta"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Deskripsi"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
+msgid "5353/udp"
+msgstr "5353/udp"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+msgstr "Galat menginisialisasi Avahi: %s"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
+msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
+msgid "631/udp"
+msgstr "631/udp"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p)
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p)
+#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr "Pencetakan"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
+msgid "631/tcp"
+msgstr "631/tcp"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
+msgid "5298/tcp"
+msgstr "5298/tcp"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
+msgid "Presence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
+msgid "5900/tcp"
+msgstr "5900/tcp"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remote desktop"
+msgstr "Desktop Jauh"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
+msgid "3689/tcp"
+msgstr "3689/tcp"
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
+msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package manager) too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
+msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
+msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\";>Flash Player download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be automatically detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\";>installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
+msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
+msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "LightSpark"
+msgstr "LightSpark"
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Gnash"
+msgstr "Gnash"
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software installer; just open the installer and search for <input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\";>Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Manually set network settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
+msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p)
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click <gui>Configure</gui>. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by commas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to change)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:34(steps/title)
+msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi network</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network problems"
+msgstr "Cisco - Jaringan"
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Define proxy settings"
+msgstr "Pengaturan Surel"
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:25(section/title)
+msgid "What is a proxy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:27(section/p)
+msgid "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:36(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change proxy method"
+msgstr "Ubah zona waktu Anda"
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
+msgid "Manual"
+msgstr "Manual"
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Automatic"
+msgstr "Otomatis (DHCP)"
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the choosen configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
+msgid "Steven Richards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "The internet seems slow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+msgstr "Titik Sambungan:"
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+msgstr "Terhubung ke Server"
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
+msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Createâ</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What is an IP address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
+msgid "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
+msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Wired Networking"
+msgstr "Fungsi jaringan dimatikan"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+msgstr "Buat Jaringan _Nirkabel Baru..."
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
+msgid "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off airplane mode again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
+msgid "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+msgstr "_Sambung ke Jaringan Nirkabel Tersembunyi..."
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+msgstr "Persentase kekuatan sinyal nirkabel"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
+msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+msgstr "Jaringan Nirkabel Tersedia"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
+msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+msgstr "Sunting sambungan terpilih"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connect automatically"
+msgstr "Menyambung otom_atis"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Available to all users"
+msgstr "Tersedia untuk semua pengguna"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Wireless"
+msgstr "Nirkabel"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
+msgid "SSID"
+msgstr "SSID"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
+msgid "Mode"
+msgstr "Mode"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
+msgid "BSSID"
+msgstr "BSSID"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device MAC address"
+msgstr "Alamat _MAC perangkat:"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+msgstr "Alamat MAC _klon:"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
+msgid "MTU"
+msgstr "MTU"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
+msgid "Wireless Security"
+msgstr "Kemananan Nirkabel"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Keamanan"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites you're visiting and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
+msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+msgstr "Tatanan IPv4"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
+msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
+msgid "The following methods are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
+msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+msgstr "Otomatis (DHCP)"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
+msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
+msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+msgstr "Otomatis (DHCP) hanya alamat"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
+msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
+msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
+msgid "Link-Local Only"
+msgstr "Hanya Link-Lokal"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
+msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
+msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+msgstr "Tatanan IPv6"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
+msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+msgstr "_Sambung ke Jaringan Nirkabel Tersembunyi..."
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+msgstr "Jaringan Nirkabel Lain..."
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\";>Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\";>Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\";>here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+msgstr "Menyiapkan sambungan jaringan nirkabel '%s'..."
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*-network\n"
+"       description: Wireless interface\n"
+"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
+msgid "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
+msgid "Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
+msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
+msgid "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
+msgid "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
+msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
+msgid "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
+msgid "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its \"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Performing an initial check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Checking your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using the command line"
+msgstr "Parameter perintah baris"
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Wireless Networking"
+msgstr "Fungsi jaringan dimatikan"
+
+#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email accounts</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
+msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:37(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "General tips"
+msgstr "Tips startup"
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"power-off\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:66(section/title)
+msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:88(section/title)
+msgid "More advanced tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:94(item/p)
+msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Hibernate saves your state, but completely switches off the power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "What happens when I hibernate my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again. You cannot hibernate the computer yourself, but you can set <gui>Hibernate</gui> as the default action for when your computer battery is critically low:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:34(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Open <gui>Power</gui>."
+msgstr "_Buka Preferensi Latar Belakang"
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Change the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> option to <gui>Hibernate</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test hibernate on your computer to see if it does work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:47(note/title)
+msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:48(note/p)
+msgid "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening <app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then switch it off again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-off.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "By default, you can see only the <gui>Suspend</gui> option, but it is also possible to power off your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-off.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "How do I switch off my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-off.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To switch off your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-off.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-off.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Hold down <key>Alt</key> and click <gui>Power Offâ</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-off.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "By default, only the <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><gui>Suspend</gui></link> option is visible. You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</link> than one which is suspended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
+msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
+msgid "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it once)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
+msgid "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
+msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
+msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
+msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
+msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
+msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
+msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
+msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
+msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
+msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
+msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
+msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-off\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>â"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+msgstr "Daya baterai lemah"
+
+#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Battery settings"
+msgstr "Pengaturan Surel"
+
+#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Power problems"
+msgstr "Manajer Daya"
+
+#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+msgstr "Tampil sepenuh layar"
+
+#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr "Pengaturan"
+
+#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Print folded booklets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
+msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDFâ</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,...). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To print a booklet:"
+msgstr "Bersiap mencetak"
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Examples:"
+msgstr "Contoh:"
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
+msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
+msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To print:"
+msgstr "Bersiap mencetak"
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "...until you have typed all of the pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Print a booklet"
+msgstr "_Pratilik Cetak"
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+msgstr "Bersiap mencetak"
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as PDFâ</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cancel a print job"
+msgstr "Judul tugas pencetakan"
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Portrait"
+msgstr "Potret"
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Landscape"
+msgstr "Tumbang"
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reverse portrait"
+msgstr "Tegak terjungkir"
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reverse landscape"
+msgstr "Tumbang terbalik"
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
+msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\";>list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr "Reverse"
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
+msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To reverse the order:"
+msgstr "Membalik urutan daftar"
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Collate"
+msgstr "Susun"
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To Collate:"
+msgstr "Balas ke %s"
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's <gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Print only certain pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
+msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set the default printer"
+msgstr "Pilih printer default"
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(note/p)
+msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50(page/p)
+msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Set up a local printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr "Klik pada tombol perintah"
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:69(page/p)
+msgid "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to install print drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:77(page/p)
+msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Fading text or images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Streaks and lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Wrong colors"
+msgstr "Warna pesan"
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Setup"
+
+#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set up a printer"
+msgstr "Atur Opsi Pencetak"
+
+#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
+msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Printer problems"
+msgstr "Pilih Printer"
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(credit/years)
+#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
+msgid "2011"
+msgstr "2011"
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(note/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Bolehkan cara pintas _keyboard"
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62(note/p)
+msgid "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(note/p)
+msgid "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:74(note/p)
+msgid "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:81(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Make a screencast"
+msgstr "Simpan Tampilan Layar"
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:82(section/p)
+msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:88(item/p)
+msgid "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:99(item/p)
+msgid "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+msgstr "Log masuk dengan OpenID"
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/user-delete.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner of the <gui>User Accounts</gui> tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
+msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select <gui>Log Out...</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
+msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the <gui>Cancel</gui> button and return to the previous step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
+msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to select from all available regions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:50(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change the system formats"
+msgstr "Ubah waktu sistem"
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:52(section/p)
+msgid "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Change which language you use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Region and Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Select your desired language. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:56(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Change the system language"
+msgstr "Ubah bahasa UI"
+
+#: C/session-language.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used in places like the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Change your language, as described above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik <gui>Papan tik</gui>."
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Lock</gui> off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "Berbagi"
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Share your desktop"
+msgstr "Rekam desktop Anda"
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities overview</gui>, click <gui>Applications</gui> and open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/title)
+msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:57(note/p)
+msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enable password"
+msgstr "Konfirmasi kata sandi:"
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(note/p)
+msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/title)
+msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:78(note/p)
+msgid "This option is disabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show notification area icon"
+msgstr "Menampilkan opsi ikon notifikasi"
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:86(section/p)
+msgid "To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(note/p)
+msgid "If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> for easy access:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on <gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:20(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start applications"
+msgstr "A_plikasi baru-baru ini:"
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can also open the overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen and start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a list of the applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. Click the application's icon to start it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:74(note/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Quickly running a command"
+msgstr "Menjalankan perintah: %sâ\n"
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:75(note/p)
+msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(note/p)
+msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:37(section/title)
+msgid "Log out or switch users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:38(section/p)
+msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top bar and select the appropriate option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:50(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Lock the screen"
+msgstr "Kunci layar"
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:51(section/p)
+msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:57(section/p)
+msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:69(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Suspend"
+msgstr "Suspensi"
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:85(section/title)
+msgid "Power off or restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:87(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, first log out by clicking your name on the top bar and selecting <gui>Log Out</gui>. You will be returned to the login screen. On the login screen, click the power icon on the top bar and select either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:93(section/p)
+msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:99(note/p)
+msgid "If you need to power off or restart quickly, you can do it without logging out. Click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</gui>. Select this to power off or restart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:52(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:65(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='063a422823690656133c36c0f5ced14f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:23(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+msgstr "Selamat Datang di Desktop GNOME"
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:36(media/p)
+msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:48(section/title)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Activities overview"
+msgstr "Ikhtisar Platform"
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:53(media/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Activities button"
+msgstr "tombol tekan"
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:56(section/p)
+msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(media/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The dash"
+msgstr "minus"
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already running, it will be highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(section/p)
+msgid "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:84(section/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:98(section/title)
+msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:105(section/p)
+msgid "Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:117(section/title)
+msgid "You and your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:122(media/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User menu"
+msgstr "Menu Utama"
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(section/p)
+msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:128(section/p)
+msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as <app>Empathy</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:151(section/p)
+msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:154(section/p)
+msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:160(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:166(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Message Tray"
+msgstr "Orientasi baki."
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:167(section/p)
+msgid "The message tray can be brought into view by moving your mouse into the bottom-right corner. This is where your notifications are stored until you are ready to view them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:172(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the message tray.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Bolehkan cara pintas _keyboard"
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(table/title)
+msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(td/p)
+msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37(td/p)
+msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
+msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:50(td/p)
+msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
+msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60(td/p)
+msgid "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:83(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88(table/title)
+msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(td/p)
+msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(td/p)
+msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99(td/p)
+msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+msgstr "Tempelkan isi papan klip."
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Undo the last action."
+msgstr "Batalkan aksi terakhir"
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112(table/title)
+msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key>"
+msgstr "_Pratilik Cetak"
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast recording.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:34(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:40(media)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5='2f9b2758acb31c338be29a8a20abae54'"
+msgstr "."
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:15(credit/name)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+msgstr "Ginosa Marina"
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(section/title)
+msgid "What is a notification?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(section/p)
+msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:28(section/p)
+msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your computerâs battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:36(section/p)
+msgid "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting one of its options, click anywhere on the notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:46(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The message tray"
+msgstr "Orientasi baki."
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner of the screen, and contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:51(section/p)
+msgid "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:57(note/p)
+msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:65(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hiding notifications"
+msgstr "Pemberitahuan Diska"
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:67(section/p)
+msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and they will be shown to you when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Desktop"
+msgstr "Desktop"
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:32(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The Desktop"
+msgstr "Desktop"
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:36(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Applications and windows"
+msgstr "Jendela dan Tombol"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Activities, dash, top bar... What are they?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/title)
+msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have currently open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:39(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dash"
+msgstr "Dash"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hot corner"
+msgstr "Radius sudut"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:53(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Notifications"
+msgstr "Notifikasi"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your messaging tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>system settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui> to access them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Top bar"
+msgstr "baris menu"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:77(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Workspace"
+msgstr "Ruangkerja"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient way of grouping and separating windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:83(item/title)
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Workspace selector"
+msgstr "Selektor Kalender"
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Find a lost window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Open the activities overview and make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is selected. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click on the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click on the window in the list to switch to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the window switcher. Continue to hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+msgstr "Aksi saat batang judul diklik ganda"
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> and press <key>Up</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you used to maximize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
+msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Move and resize windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch between windows"
+msgstr "Berpindah antara jendela-jendela seketika"
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:31(page/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "From a workspace:"
+msgstr "Pengalih Area Kerja"
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down <key>Alt</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided by vertical separators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>â</key> or <key>â</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>â</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:63(page/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tile windows"
+msgstr "Jendela Popup"
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+msgstr "Jendela dan Tombol"
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Jendela"
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
+msgid "Working with windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Workspaces"
+msgstr "Ruangkerja"
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Working with workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+msgstr "Pindahkan jendela ke area kerja 10"
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27(page/p)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using the mouse:"
+msgstr "Dilintasi tetikus:"
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "The <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:47(page/p)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+msgstr "Tata _letak papan ketik:"
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Select the window you want to move (e.g. using the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>â</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>â</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the <gui>workspace selector</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the workspace selector in the Activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on that workspace. Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>â</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>â</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using workspaces:"
+msgstr "Jumlah _area kerja:"
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "To remove a workspace simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55(page/p)
+msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, select <gui>Mute</gui> on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound problems"
+msgstr "Suara tombol"
+
+#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
+msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
+msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
+msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboardsâtry pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
+msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
+msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "For the selected device, try changing the profileâplay a sound after you change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
+msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
+msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
+msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
+msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listedâit should have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
+msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
+msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use a different microphone"
+msgstr "<b>G_unakan pengodean yang berbeda.</b>"
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(steps/title)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+msgstr "Pilih perangkat input audio yang digunakan"
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes \"input.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or with USB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Change the sound volume"
+msgstr "Mengubah volume suara"
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
+msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
+msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Enter special characters"
+msgstr "Masukkan karakter khusus"
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
+msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Character map"
+msgstr "Peta karakter"
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
+msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Compose key"
+msgstr "Kunci penyandian:"
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter <em>Ã</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
+msgid "Define a compose key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for their original purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(section/p)
+msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as <em>Ã</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>Ã</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as <em>Ã</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as <em>Ä</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(section/p)
+msgid "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\";>the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Code points"
+msgstr "Point fonta"
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/p)
+msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the <gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
+msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/title)
+msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+msgstr "Tata letak papan tik"
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/p)
+msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/title)
+msgid "Input methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112(section/p)
+msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/p)
+msgid "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation to see how to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:21(license/p)
+msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+
+#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http:l10n.gnome.org\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>translation team</link> for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\";>irc</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Pengguna"
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "User accounts"
+msgstr "Akun pengguna"
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Accounts"
+msgstr "Akun"
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
+msgid "Manage user accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Passwords"
+msgstr "Kata sandi"
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Privileges"
+msgstr "Hak akses"
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User privileges"
+msgstr "Hak akses Pemakai"
+
+#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Add a new user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:55(page/p)
+msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr "Buka <gui>Akun Pengguna</gui>."
+
+#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:67(item/p)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:76(item/p)
+msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik <gui>Buat</gui>."
+
+#: C/user-add.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:88(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:95(note/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Add a guest user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, change your settings, or install software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:36(steps/title)
+msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:56(note/p)
+msgid "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
+msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change an important file and break something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
+msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
+msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Installing new applications"
+msgstr "Memasang aplikasi baru"
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change your password"
+msgstr "Ubah kata sandi Anda"
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
+msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
+msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
+msgid "Change the keyring password"
+msgstr "Ubah sandi ring kunci"
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
+msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:91(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik <gui>Ok</gui>."
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:95(note/p)
+msgid "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use <app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:100(when/p)
+msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Delete a user account"
+msgstr "Hapus suatu akun pengguna"
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Choose a secure password"
+msgstr "Pilih sandi yang aman"
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is \"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76(item/p)
+msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80(note/p)
+msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:88(item/p)
+msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:91(item/p)
+msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98(item/p)
+msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
+msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
+msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
+msgid "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\";>Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
+msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\";>regionset</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+msgstr "Periksa apakah mereka memasang kodek video yang benar."
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+msgstr "Orang lain tak bisa memainkan video buatanku"
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\";>VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what's available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:50(note/p)
+msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "The windows key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "What is the \"windows\" key?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "When you press the <em>windows</em> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and often has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the super key, logo key, or system key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:25(note/p)
+msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a windows key on your keyboard. The <key>Cmd</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+msgstr "Untuk mengubah tombol mana yang dipakai untuk menampilkan ringkasan aktivitas:"
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik <gui>Papan tik</gui>."
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Klik tab <gui>Pintasan</gui>."
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the activities overview</gui> on the right."
+msgstr "Pilih <gui>Sistem</gui> di sisi kiri jendela, dan <gui>Tampilkan ringkasan aktivitas</gui> di kanan."
+
+#: C/windows-key.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+msgstr "Tekan dan tahan kombinasi tombol yang diinginkan."
+